blob: 5f00293d3983ba7b748bb08bce968b35bfdf049d [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
40/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
41/// referenced), false otherwise.
42bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000043 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000044 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
46 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
47 // construct.
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000048 bool isSilenced = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000050 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
51 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
52 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000053 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000054
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000055 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
56 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
57 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
58 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
59 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
60 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
61 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000062
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +000063 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000065 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000066 }
67 }
68 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000069
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000070 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
72 }
73
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000075 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000076 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
77 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
78 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
79 return true;
80 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000081 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000082
83 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000084 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000085 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000086 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
87 }
88
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000089 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000090}
91
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000092/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000093/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000094/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
95///
96void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000097 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000099 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000120 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 // block or function pointer call.
132 QualType Ty = V->getType();
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000134 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000135 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
136 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
138 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
139 unsigned k;
140 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
141 if (nullPos)
142 --nullPos;
143 else
144 ++i;
145 }
146 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
147 }
148 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
149 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000150 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000151 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000152 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000153 return;
154
155 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 return;
159 }
160 int sentinel = i;
161 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
162 --sentinelPos;
163 ++i;
164 }
165 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 return;
169 }
170 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
171 ++i;
172 ++sentinel;
173 }
174 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
175 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000176 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
177 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000178 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000179 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000180 }
181 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000182}
183
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000184SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
185 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
186 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
187}
188
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190// Standard Promotions and Conversions
191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
194void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
195 QualType Ty = E->getType();
196 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
197
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000199 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000200 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000201 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
202 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
203 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
204 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
205 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
206 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
207 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000208 //
209 // C++ 4.2p1:
210 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
211 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
212 //
213 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
214 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000215 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
216 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
220/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
223/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
224/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
225Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
226 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
227 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000228
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
230 //
231 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
232 // unsigned int may be used:
233 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
234 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
235 // and unsigned int.
236 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
237 //
238 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
239 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
240 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
241 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000242 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
243 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000244 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000245 return Expr;
246 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000247 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000248 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000250 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000251 }
252
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000253 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000254 return Expr;
255}
256
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000257/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000259/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
260void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000265 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000266 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000267 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
268 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000269
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000270 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
271}
272
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000273/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
274/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
275/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
276/// completely illegal.
277bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000278 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000279
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000280 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
281 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
282 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
283 << Expr->getType() << CT;
284 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000285 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000287 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
288 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
289 << Expr->getType() << CT;
290
291 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000292}
293
294
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000295/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
296/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000297/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000298/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
299/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
300/// GCC.
301QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
302 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000303 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000305
306 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000307
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000309 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000310 QualType lhs =
311 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000312 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000313 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000314
315 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
316 if (lhs == rhs)
317 return lhs;
318
319 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
320 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
321 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
322 return lhs;
323
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000324 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000325 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000326 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
327 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000328 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000329 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
330 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
331
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000332 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000333 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000334 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
335 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000336 return destType;
337}
338
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
340// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
341//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
342
343
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000344/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000345/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
346/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
347/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
348/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000349///
350Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000351Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000352 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
353
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000354 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000355 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000356 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000357
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000358 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000359 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
360 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000361
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000362 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000363 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000364 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000365
366 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
367 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
368 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000369
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
371 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
372 // strings.
373 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000374 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000375 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000376
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000377 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000378 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000379 Literal.GetStringLength(),
380 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
381 &StringTokLocs[0],
382 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000383}
384
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000385/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
386/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
387/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
388/// for values inside the block or for globals).
389///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000390/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
391/// up-to-date.
392///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000393static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
394 ValueDecl *VD) {
395 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
396 // we wanted to.
397 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
398 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000399
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
401 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
402 return false;
403
404 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
405 // snapshot it.
406 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
407 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000408 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
409 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000411 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
412 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
413
414 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
415 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
416 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
417 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
418 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
419 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
420 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
421 // having a reference outside it.
422 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
423 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000425 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
426 // a snapshot as well.
427 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
428 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000429
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000430 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431}
432
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000433
434
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000435/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000436/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff157c4032008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000437/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000438/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000439/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000440Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
441 IdentifierInfo &II,
442 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000443 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
444 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
445 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000446 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000449/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
450/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
451/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000452Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000453Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
454 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
455 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000456 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
457 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000459 << D->getDeclName();
460 return ExprError();
461 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000463 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
464 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
465 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
466 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000467 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000468 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000470 << D->getIdentifier();
471 return ExprError();
472 }
473 }
474 }
475 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000476
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000477 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000478
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000479 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor18353912009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000480 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000481 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000482 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregorc23500e2009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000483 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor18353912009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000484 } else
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000485 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000486
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000487 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000488}
489
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000490/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
491/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
492/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000493static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
494 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000495 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000496 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000497
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000498 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
499 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
500 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000501 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000502 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000503 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 D != DEnd; ++D) {
505 if (*D == Record) {
506 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
507 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
508 ++D;
509 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000510 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000511 return *D;
512 }
513 }
514
515 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
516 return 0;
517}
518
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000519/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
520/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
521/// actual member.
522///
523/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
524/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
525/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
526/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
527/// we found.
528///
529/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
530/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
531/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
532VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
533 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
535 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
536 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
537
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000538 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000539 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
540 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
541 do {
542 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000543 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000544 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000545 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000546 else {
547 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
548 break;
549 }
550 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000552 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000553
554 return BaseObject;
555}
556
557Sema::OwningExprResult
558Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
559 FieldDecl *Field,
560 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
561 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
562 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000564 AnonFields);
565
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000566 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
567 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
568 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
569 // found via name lookup.
570 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000571 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000572 if (BaseObject) {
573 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
574 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000575 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000576 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000577 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000578 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000579 BaseQuals
580 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
582 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
583 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
584 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
585 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000586 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
588 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
589 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000590 BaseQuals
591 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000592 } else {
593 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
594 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
595 // program our base object expression is "this".
596 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
597 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000598 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000599 = Context.getTagDeclType(
600 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
601 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000602 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000603 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
604 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
605 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000606 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000607 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000608 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
609 }
610 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000611 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
612 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 }
616
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000617 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000618 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
619 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000620 }
621
622 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
623 // anonymous struct/union.
624 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000625 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000626 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
627 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
628 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
629 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000630 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
631 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
632
633 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
634 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
635 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
636 ResultQuals.removeConst();
637
638 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
639 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
640
641 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
642 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
643
644 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
645 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
646 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
647
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000648 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000649 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000650 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
651 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000653 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000654 }
655
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000656 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000657}
658
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000659/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
660/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
661/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
662/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
663/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
664/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
665/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
666/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
667/// forms.
668///
669/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
670/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
671/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
672/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000673///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000674/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
675/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
676/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
677/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000678Sema::OwningExprResult
679Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
680 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000681 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000682 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000683 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000684 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
685 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000686
687 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
688 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
689 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
690 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000691 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000692 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000693 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000694 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000695 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
696 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000697 }
698
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000699 LookupResult Lookup;
700 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000701
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000702 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
703 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
704 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
705 : SourceRange());
706 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000707 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000708
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000709 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000710
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000711 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
712 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000713 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
714 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000715 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
716 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000717 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
718 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000719 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000720 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000721 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000722 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000723 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner50afe312009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000724 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000725 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
726 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000727
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000728 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
729 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
730 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
731 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000732
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000733 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
734 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
735 // an error.
736 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
737 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
738 << IV->getDeclName());
739 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
740 // same name exists, use the global.
741 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000742 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
743 ClassDeclared != IFace)
744 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000745 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
746 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000747 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise1a8c622009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000748 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
749 II, false);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000750 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000751 return Owned(new (Context)
752 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000753 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000754 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000755 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000756 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000757 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
758 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000759 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000760 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000761 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
762 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000763 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000764 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000765 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000766 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000767 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000768 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000769
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000770 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000771 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
772 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000773 else
774 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000775 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000776 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000777 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000778
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000779 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
780 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000781 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000782 HasTrailingLParen;
783
784 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000785 // We've seen something of the form
786 //
787 // identifier(
788 //
789 // and we did not find any entity by the name
790 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
791 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
792 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
793 Context.OverloadTy,
794 Loc));
795 }
796
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000797 if (D == 0) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000798 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000799 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000800 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000801 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000802 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000803 else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000804 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
805 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000806 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
807 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
808 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
809 << SS->getRange());
810 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000811 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000812 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
813 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000814 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000815 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000816 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000817 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000818
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000819 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
820 // Warn about constructs like:
821 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
822 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000823
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000824 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
825 // information to check this property.
826 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
827 Scope *CheckS = S;
828 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000829 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000830 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
831 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
832 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
833 << Var->getDeclName());
834 else
835 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
836 << Var->getDeclName());
837 break;
838 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000839
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
841 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
842 if (CheckS)
843 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
844 }
845 }
846 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
847 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
848 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
849 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
850 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
851 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
852 // type.
853 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
854 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000855
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000856 QualType T = Func->getType();
857 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000858 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000859 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
860 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
861 }
862 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000863
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000864 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
865}
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000866/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000867bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000868Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
869 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000870 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000871 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000872 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000873 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000874 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
875 return false;
876 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
877 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000878 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000879 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
880 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000881 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000882 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
883 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
884 DestRecordType,
885 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
886 From->getSourceRange()))
887 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000888 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
889 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000890 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000891 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000892}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000893
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000894/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
896 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000897 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
898 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000899 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000900 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000901 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000902 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
903 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
904 Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000905
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000906 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
907}
908
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000909/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
910Sema::OwningExprResult
911Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
912 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000913 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000914 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
915 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
916 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000917
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000918 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
919 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
920 // not any specific instance's member.
921 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000922 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000923 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000924 QualType DType;
925 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
926 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
927 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
928 DType = Method->getType();
929 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
930 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
931 }
932 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
933 if (!DType.isNull()) {
934 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
935 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000936 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000937 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000938 }
939 }
940 }
941
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000942 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
943 // (C++ [class.union]).
944 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
945 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
946 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000947
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000948 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
949 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000950 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000951 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
952 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
953 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
954 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
955 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
956 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
957 QualType MemberType;
958 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
959 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
960 MemberType = FD->getType();
961
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000962 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000963 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000964 else if (!FD->isMutable())
965 MemberType
966 = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType,
967 Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000968 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
969 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
970 Ctx = Method->getParent();
971 MemberType = Method->getType();
972 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000973 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000974 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000975 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000976 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000978 Ctx = Method->getParent();
979 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
980 }
981 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000983 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000984 // FIXME: We need an abstraction for iterating over one or more function
985 // templates or functions. This code is far too repetitive!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000986 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000987 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
988 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
989 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000990 CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000991 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000992 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func))
993 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
994 else
995 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func);
996
997 if (DMethod && !DMethod->isStatic()) {
998 Ctx = DMethod->getDeclContext();
999 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1000 break;
1001 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001002 }
1003 }
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001004
1005 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001006 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1007 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001008 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001009 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1010 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1011 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001012 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001013 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001014 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001015 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1016 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001017
Anders Carlsson99056f22009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001018 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
1019 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1020 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
1021 // explicitly qualified.
1022 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
1023 ShouldCheckUse = false;
1024 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001025
Anders Carlsson99056f22009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001026 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
Anders Carlsson21776b72009-08-08 16:55:18 +00001027 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001028 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
1029 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033 }
1034
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001035 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001036 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1037 if (MD->isStatic())
1038 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1040 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001041 }
1042
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001043 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1044 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1045 // above.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001046 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1047 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001048 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001049
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00001050 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001052 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08114892008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001054 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001056
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001057 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001058 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001059 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1060 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregord32e0282009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001061 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001062 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1063 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001064 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001065 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
1066 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001067 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
1068
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001069 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001071 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1072 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1073 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1074 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001075 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001076 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001077 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1078 return ExprError();
1079
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001080 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1081 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001082 return ExprError();
1083
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001084 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1085 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1086 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1087 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001088 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001089 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1090 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1091 //
1092 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001093 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001094 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001095 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001096 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001097 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001098 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1099 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001100 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001101
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001102 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001103 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001104 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001105 }
1106 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1107 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001108
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001109 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001110 bool ValueDependent = false;
1111 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1112 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001113 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001114 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1115 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1116 TypeDependent = true;
1117 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1118 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1119 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1120 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1121 TypeDependent = true;
1122 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1123 // names a dependent type.
1124 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001125 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001126 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1127 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001128 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001129 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1130 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1131 TypeDependent = true;
1132 break;
1133 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001134 }
1135 }
1136 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001137
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001138 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1139 //
1140 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1141 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1142 if (TypeDependent)
1143 ValueDependent = true;
1144 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1145 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1146 ValueDependent = true;
1147 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1148 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001149 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001150 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001151 Dcl->getInit()) {
1152 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1153 }
1154 }
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001155 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001156
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001157 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1158 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001159}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001160
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001161Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1162 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001163 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001165 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001166 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001167 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1168 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1169 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001170 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001171
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001172 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1173 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001174
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001175 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1176 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001177 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001178 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001179 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001180
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001181 QualType ResTy;
1182 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1183 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1184 } else {
1185 unsigned Length =
1186 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001187
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001188 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001189 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001190 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1191 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001192 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001193}
1194
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001196 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001197 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1198 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1199 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001200
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001201 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1202 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1203 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001204 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001205
1206 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1207
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001208 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1209 Literal.isWide(),
1210 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001211}
1212
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001213Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1214 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001215 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1216 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001217 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001218 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001219 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001220 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001221 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001222
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001223 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001224 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1225 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001226 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001227
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001228 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001229 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001230
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001231 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001232 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001233 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001234 return ExprError();
1235
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001236 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001238 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001239 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001240 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001241 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001242 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001243 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001244 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001245 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001246
1247 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1248
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001249 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1250 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001251 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1252 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001253
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001254 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001255 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001256 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001257 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001258
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001259 // long long is a C99 feature.
1260 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001261 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001262 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1263
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001264 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001265 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001266
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001267 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1268 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1269 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001270 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1271 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001272 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001273 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001274 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1275 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001277 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1278 // be an unsigned int.
1279 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1280
1281 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001282 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001283 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1284 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001285 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001286
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001287 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1288 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1289 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1290 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001291 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001292 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001293 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001294 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001295 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001296 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001297
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001298 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001299 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001300 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001301
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001302 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1303 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1304 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1305 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001306 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001307 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001308 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001309 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001310 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001311 }
1312
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001313 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001314 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001315 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001316
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001317 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1318 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1319 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1320 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001321 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001322 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001323 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001324 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001325 }
1326 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001327
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001328 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1329 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001330 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001331 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001332 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001333 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001334 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001336 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1337 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001338 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001339 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001340 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001341
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001342 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1343 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001344 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001345 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001346
1347 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001348}
1349
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001350Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1351 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001352 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001353 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001354 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001355}
1356
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001357/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001358/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001359bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001360 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1361 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1362 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001363 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1364 return false;
1365
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001366 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001367 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001368 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001369 if (isSizeof)
1370 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1371 return false;
1372 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001373
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001374 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001375 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001376 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1377 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001378 return false;
1379 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001381 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001382 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001383 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1384 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001385 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001386
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001387 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001388 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001389 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001390 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1391 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001392 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001394 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001395}
1396
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001397bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1398 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1399 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001400
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001401 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001402 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1403 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001404
1405 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1406 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1407 return false;
1408
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001409 if (E->getBitField()) {
1410 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1411 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001412 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001413
1414 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1415 // bit-field.
1416 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001417 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001418 return false;
1419
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001420 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1421}
1422
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001423/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001424Action::OwningExprResult
1425Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001426 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1427 if (T.isNull())
1428 return ExprError();
1429
1430 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1431 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1432 return ExprError();
1433
1434 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1435 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1436 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1437 R.getEnd()));
1438}
1439
1440/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1441/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001442Action::OwningExprResult
1443Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001444 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1445 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1446 bool isInvalid = false;
1447 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1448 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1449 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1450 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001451 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001452 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1453 isInvalid = true;
1454 } else {
1455 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1456 }
1457
1458 if (isInvalid)
1459 return ExprError();
1460
1461 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1462 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1463 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1464 R.getEnd()));
1465}
1466
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001467/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1468/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1469/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001470Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001471Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1472 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001473 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001474 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001475
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001476 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001477 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1478 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001479 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001480 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001481
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001482 // Get the end location.
1483 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1484 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1485 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1486
1487 if (Result.isInvalid())
1488 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1489
1490 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001491}
1492
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001493QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001494 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1495 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001496
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001497 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001498 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001499 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001500
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001501 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1502 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1503 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001504
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001505 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001506 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1507 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001508 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001509}
1510
1511
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001512
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001513Action::OwningExprResult
1514Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1515 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001516 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1517 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001518 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001519
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001520 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1521 switch (Kind) {
1522 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1523 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1524 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1525 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001526
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001527 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1528 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1529 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001530 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001531 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1532
1533 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1534 //
1535 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1536 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1537 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1538 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1539 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1540 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1541 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001542 Expr *Args[2] = {
1543 Arg,
1544 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001545 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001546 };
1547
1548 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1549 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001550 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001551
1552 // Perform overload resolution.
1553 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001554 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001555 case OR_Success: {
1556 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1557 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1558
1559 if (FnDecl) {
1560 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1561 // operator.
1562
1563 // Convert the arguments.
1564 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1565 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001566 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001567 } else {
1568 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001569 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001570 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1571 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001572 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001573 }
1574
1575 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001576 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001577
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001578 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001579 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump82191d02009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001580 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001581 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1582
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001583 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001584 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001585
1586 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1587 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1588 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1589 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1590
1591 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1592 FnDecl))
1593 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001594 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1595
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001596 } else {
1597 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1598 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1599 // operator node.
1600 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1601 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001603
1604 break;
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001605 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001606 }
1607
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001608 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1609 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1610 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1611 // candidates.
1612 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1613 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1614 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1615 if (Result.isInvalid())
1616 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1617
1618 return move(Result);
1619 }
1620
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001621 case OR_Ambiguous:
1622 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1623 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1624 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1625 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001626 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001627
1628 case OR_Deleted:
1629 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1630 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1631 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1632 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1633 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1634 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001635 }
1636
1637 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1638 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1639 // build a built-in operation.
1640 }
1641
Eli Friedmanf32f0a72009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001642 Input.release();
1643 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001644 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001645}
1646
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001647Action::OwningExprResult
1648Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1649 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001650 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1651 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1652
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001653 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1654 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001655
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001656 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001657 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1658 Base.release();
1659 Idx.release();
1660 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1661 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1662 }
1663
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001664 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001665 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001666 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1667 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1668 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001669 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001670 // to the candidate set.
1671 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1672 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001673 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1674 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001675
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001676 // Perform overload resolution.
1677 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001678 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001679 case OR_Success: {
1680 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1681 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1682
1683 if (FnDecl) {
1684 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1685 // operator.
1686
1687 // Convert the arguments.
1688 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1689 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001690 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001691 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1692 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001693 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001694 } else {
1695 // Convert the arguments.
1696 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1697 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1698 "passing") ||
1699 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1700 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1701 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001702 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001703 }
1704
1705 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001706 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001707
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001708 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001709 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1710 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001711 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1712
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001713 Base.release();
1714 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001715 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1716 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001717
1718 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1719 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1720 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1721 ResultTy, RLoc));
1722 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
1723 FnDecl))
1724 return ExprError();
1725
1726 return Owned(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001727 } else {
1728 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1729 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1730 // operator node.
1731 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1732 "passing") ||
1733 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1734 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001735 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001736
1737 break;
1738 }
1739 }
1740
1741 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1742 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1743 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1744 break;
1745
1746 case OR_Ambiguous:
1747 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1748 << "[]"
1749 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1750 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001751 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001752
1753 case OR_Deleted:
1754 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1755 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1756 << "[]"
1757 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1758 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1759 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001760 }
1761
1762 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1763 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1764 // build a built-in operation.
1765 }
1766
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001767 // Perform default conversions.
1768 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1769 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001770
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001771 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001772
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001773 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001774 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001775 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001776 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001777 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1778 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001779 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1780 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1781 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1782 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001783 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001784 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1785 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001786 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001787 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001788 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001789 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1790 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001791 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001792 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001793 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001794 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1795 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1796 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001797 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001798 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001799 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1800 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1801 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1802 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001803 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001804 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001805 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001806
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001807 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1808 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001809 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1810 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1811 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1812 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1813 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1814 // force the promotion here.
1815 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1816 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001817 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1818 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001819 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1820
1821 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1822 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001823 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001824 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1825 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1826 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1827 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001828 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1829 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001830 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1831
1832 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1833 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001834 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001835 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001836 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1837 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001838 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001839 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001840 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1841 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001842 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1843 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001844
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001845 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001846 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1847 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001848 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1849
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001850 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001851 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1852 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001853 // incomplete types are not object types.
1854 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1855 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1856 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1857 return ExprError();
1858 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001859
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001860 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001861 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001862 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1863 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001864 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001865
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001866 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1867 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1868 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1869 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1870 return ExprError();
1871 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001872
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001873 Base.release();
1874 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001875 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001876 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001877}
1878
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001879QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001880CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001881 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001882 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001883 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1884 // see FIXME there.
1885 //
1886 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1887 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001888 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001889
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001890 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001891 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001892
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001893 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001894 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1895 // to be selected.
1896 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001897
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001898 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1899 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001900 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001901
1902 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1903 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001904 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001905 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1906 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001907 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001908 do
1909 compStr++;
1910 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001911 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001912 do
1913 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001914 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001915 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001916
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001917 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001918 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1919 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001920 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1921 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001922 return QualType();
1923 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001924
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001925 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1926 // operates on.
1927 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001928 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001929
1930 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001931 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001932
1933 while (*compStr) {
1934 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1935 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1936 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1937 return QualType();
1938 }
1939 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001940 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001941
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001942 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1943 // number of elements.
1944 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001945 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001946 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001947 return QualType();
1948 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001949
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001950 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001951 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001952 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001953 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001954 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001955 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001956 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001957 if (HexSwizzle)
1958 CompSize--;
1959
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001960 if (CompSize == 1)
1961 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001962
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001963 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001964 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001965 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1966 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1967 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1968 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001969 }
1970 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001971}
1972
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001973static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001974 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001975 const Selector &Sel,
1976 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001978 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001979 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001980 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001981 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001982
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001983 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1984 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001985 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001986 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001987 return D;
1988 }
1989 return 0;
1990}
1991
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001992static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001993 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001994 const Selector &Sel,
1995 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001996 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1997 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001998 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001999 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002000 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002001 GDecl = PD;
2002 break;
2003 }
2004 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002005 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002006 GDecl = OMD;
2007 break;
2008 }
2009 }
2010 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002011 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002012 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2013 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002014 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002015 if (GDecl)
2016 return GDecl;
2017 }
2018 }
2019 return GDecl;
2020}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002021
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002023Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002024 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002025 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002026 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2027 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
2028 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2029 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2030 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002031 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2032 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002033 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2034 return ExprError();
2035
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002036 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2037 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2038
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002039 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002040 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002042 // Perform default conversions.
2043 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002044
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002045 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002046 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2047 // use that.
2048 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2049 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2050 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2051 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2052 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002053 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002054 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002055 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002056 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002057
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002058 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2059 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
2060 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2061 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2062 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2063 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2064 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2065 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2066 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2067 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2068 // Check the use of this method.
2069 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2070 return ExprError();
2071 }
2072 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2073 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2074 Selector SetterSel =
2075 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2076 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2077 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2078 if (!Setter) {
2079 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2080 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002081 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002082 }
2083 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2084 if (!Setter)
2085 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2086
2087 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2088 return ExprError();
2089
2090 if (Getter || Setter) {
2091 QualType PType;
2092
2093 if (Getter)
2094 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2095 else
2096 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2097 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2098 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2099 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2100 PType,
2101 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2102 }
2103 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2104 << MemberName << BaseType);
2105 }
2106 }
2107
2108 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2109 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2110 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002111 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002112 }
2113
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002114 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2115 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002116 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002117 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2118 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2119 if (SS) {
2120 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2121 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2122 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2123 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002124
2125 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002126 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002127 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002128 FirstQualifierInScope,
2129 MemberName,
2130 MemberLoc,
2131 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2132 LAngleLoc,
2133 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2134 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2135 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002136 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002137 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002138 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002139 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2140 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002141 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002142 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2143 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2144 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002145 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002147 // (so we'll report an error for)
2148 // T* t;
2149 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002150 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002151 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2152 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2153 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002154 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002155
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002157 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2158 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2159 if (SS) {
2160 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2161 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2162 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2163 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002164
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002165 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002166 BaseExpr, false,
2167 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002168 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002169 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002170 FirstQualifierInScope,
2171 MemberName,
2172 MemberLoc,
2173 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2174 LAngleLoc,
2175 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2176 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2177 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002178 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002179 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002180
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002181 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2182 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002183 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002184 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002185 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002186 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2187 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002188 return ExprError();
2189
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002190 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2191 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2192 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2193 // nested-name-specifier.
2194 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002195
2196 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2197 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2198 << DC << SS->getRange();
2199 return ExprError();
2200 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002201
2202 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002203 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2204 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2205 }
2206
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002207 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002208 LookupResult Result;
2209 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002210
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002211 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002212 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2213 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002214 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002215 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2216 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002217 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002218 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002219
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002220 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2221
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002222 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002223 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002224 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002225 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002227 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002228
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002229 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2230 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2231 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2232 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2233 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2234 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002235
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002236 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2237 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2238 // error cases.
2239 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2240 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002241
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002242 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2243 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2244 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2245 // explicitly qualified.
2246 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2247 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2248 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002249
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002250 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002251 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002252 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002253
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002254 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002255 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2256 // (C++ [class.union]).
2257 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002258 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002259 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002260
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002261 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002262 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002263 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002264 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2265 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002266 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2267 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2268 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2269
2270 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2271 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2272
2273 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2274 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2275 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002276 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002277
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002278 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002279 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2280 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002281 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002282 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002283 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002284
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002285 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2286 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002287 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2288 Var, MemberLoc,
2289 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002290 }
2291 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2292 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002293 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2294 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2295 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002296 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002297 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002298 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2299 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002301 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002302 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2303 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002304 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002305 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2306 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2307 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002308 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002309
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002310 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2311 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2312 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002313 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002314 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002315 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2316 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002317 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2318 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002319 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002320 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2321 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2322 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002323 Context.OverloadTy));
2324
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002325 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2326 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002327 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002328 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2329 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002330 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2331 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002332 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002333 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002334 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002335 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002336
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002337 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2338 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2339 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002340 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2341 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002342 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002343 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002344
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002345 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2346 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2347 // pseudo-destructor.
2348 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2349 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002350 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2351 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002352 // type.
2353 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2354 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2355 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002356
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002357 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2358 // same as the object type.
2359 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2360 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2361 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2362 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2363 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364
2365 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002366 // the form
2367 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002368 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2369 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002370 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2371 //
2372 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2373 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002374
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002375 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2376 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2377 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002378 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002379 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002380 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002381 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2382 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2383 MemberLoc));
2384 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002385
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002386 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2387 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002388 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2389 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002390 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002392 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002393 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002394 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2395
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002396 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2397 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002398 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002399
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002400 if (IV) {
2401 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2402 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2403 // error cases.
2404 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2405 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002406
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002407 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2408 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2409 return ExprError();
2410 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2411 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2412 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2413 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2414 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2415 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2416 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2417 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2418 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2419 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2420 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2421 // AST for a function decl.
2422 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002423 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002424 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2425 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2426 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2427 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2428 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2429 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002430
2431 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2432 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002433 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002435 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002436 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2437 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002438 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002439 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002440 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002441
2442 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2443 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2444 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002445 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002446 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002447 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002448 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002449 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002450 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002451 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002452 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002453 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002454 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002455 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002456
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002457 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002458 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002459 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2460 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2461 // Check the use of this declaration
2462 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2463 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002464
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002465 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2466 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2467 }
2468 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2469 // Check the use of this method.
2470 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2471 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002473 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002474 OMD->getResultType(),
2475 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002476 NULL, 0));
2477 }
2478 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002479
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002480 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002481 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002482 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002483 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2484 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002485 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002486 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002487 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2488 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2489 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002490 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002492 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002493 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002494 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2495 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2496 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002497 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002498 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002499 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002500 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2501 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002502 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002503 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2504 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002505 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002506 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2507 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002508 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002509 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2510 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2511 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002512
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002513 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002514 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2515 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002516 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2517 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002518 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002519 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2520 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2521 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002522
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002523 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2524 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2525 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002526 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2527 // selector is implemented.
2528
2529 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2530 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2531
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002532 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002533 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002534
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002535 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2536 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002537 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002538
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002539 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002540 if (!Getter)
2541 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002542 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002543 // Check if we can reference this property.
2544 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2545 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002546 }
2547 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2548 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002549 Selector SetterSel =
2550 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002551 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002552 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002553 if (!Setter) {
2554 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2555 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002556 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002557 }
2558 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002559 if (!Setter)
2560 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002561
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002562 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2563 return ExprError();
2564
2565 if (Getter || Setter) {
2566 QualType PType;
2567
2568 if (Getter)
2569 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002570 else
2571 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2572 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002573 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002574 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002575 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2576 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002577 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002578 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002579 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002581 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002582 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002583 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002584 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002585 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2586 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2587
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002588 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002589 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002590 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002591 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2592 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002593 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002594 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002595 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002596 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002597
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002598 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2599 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2600
2601 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2602 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2603 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002604 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002605 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002606 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002607 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002608 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2609 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2610 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2611 }
2612
2613 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002614}
2615
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002616Action::OwningExprResult
2617Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2618 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
2619 IdentifierInfo &Member,
2620 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002621 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, MemberLoc,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002622 DeclarationName(&Member), ObjCImpDecl, SS);
2623}
2624
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002625Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2626 FunctionDecl *FD,
2627 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2628 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2629 Diag (CallLoc,
2630 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2631 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002633 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2634 } else {
2635 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2636 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2637
2638 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002639 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002640
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002641 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2642 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002643 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002644
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002645 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002646 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002647 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648
2649 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002650 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2651 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2652 return ExprError();
2653 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002654
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002655 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002656
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002657 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2658 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2659 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002660 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002661 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002662 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002663 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2664 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2665 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2666 }
2667 }
2668
2669 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2670 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2671}
2672
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002673/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2674/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2675/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2676/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2677/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2678/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002679bool
2680Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002681 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002682 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002683 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2684 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002685 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002686 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2687 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2688 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002689 bool Invalid = false;
2690
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002691 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2692 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2693 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2694 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2695 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2696 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2697 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2698 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002699 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002700 }
2701
2702 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2703 // them.
2704 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2705 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2706 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2707 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2708 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2709 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2710 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2711 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002712 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002713 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002714 }
2715 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2716 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002717
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002718 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2719 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2720 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002721
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002722 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002723 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002724 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002725
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002726 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2727 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002728 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2729 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002730 return true;
2731
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002732 // Pass the argument.
2733 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2734 return true;
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002735 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002736 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002737
2738 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002739 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2740 FDecl, Param);
2741 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2742 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002743
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002744 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002745 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002746
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002747 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2748 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002749
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002750 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2751 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002752 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2753 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2754 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2755 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2756 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2757
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002758 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2759 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2760 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002761 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002762 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2763 }
2764 }
2765
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002766 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002767}
2768
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002769/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2770/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2771/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2772/// template arguments, etc.
2773void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2774 NamedDecl *&Function,
2775 DeclarationName &Name,
2776 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2777 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2778 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2779 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
2780 const TemplateArgument *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2781 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2782 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2783 Function = 0;
2784 Name = DeclarationName();
2785 Qualifier = 0;
2786 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2787 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2788 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2789
2790 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2791 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2792 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2793 while (true) {
2794 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2795 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2796 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2797 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2798 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2799 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2800 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2801 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2802 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2803 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2804 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
2805 } else if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
2806 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2807 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2808 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2809 Qualifier = QDRExpr->getQualifier();
2810 QualifierRange = QDRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2811 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(QDRExpr->getDecl());
2812 break;
2813 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2814 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2815 break;
2816 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2817 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2818 Name = DepName->getName();
2819 break;
2820 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2821 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2822 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2823 if (!Function)
2824 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2825 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2826 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2827 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2828
2829 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2830 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2831 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2832 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2833 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2834 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2835 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2836 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2837 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2838 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2839 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2840 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2841 //
2842 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2843 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2844 // is still possible.
2845 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2846 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2847 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2848 }
2849 break;
2850 } else {
2851 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2852 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2853 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2854 break;
2855 }
2856 }
2857}
2858
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002859/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002860/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2861/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002862Action::OwningExprResult
2863Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2864 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002865 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002866 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002867
2868 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2869 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002870
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002871 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002872 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002873 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002874 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002875 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002876 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002877
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002878 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002879 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2880 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2881 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2882 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2883 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2884 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2885 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2886 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002887
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002888 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2889 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002890
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002891 NumArgs = 0;
2892 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002893
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002894 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2895 RParenLoc));
2896 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002897
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002898 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002899 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002900 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2901 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002902 bool Dependent = false;
2903 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2904 Dependent = true;
2905 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2906 Dependent = true;
2907
2908 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002909 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002910 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2911
2912 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2913 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2914 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2915 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2916
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002917 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002918 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2919 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2920 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2921 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2922 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2923 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2924 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002925 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2926 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002927 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002928
2929 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2930 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2931 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2932 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
2933 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType());
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002934 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002935
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002936 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2937 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2938 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2939 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002940
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002941 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2942 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2943 TheCall.get(), 0))
2944 return ExprError();
2945
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002946 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2947 RParenLoc))
2948 return ExprError();
2949
2950 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2951 }
2952 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002953 }
2954
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002955 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002956 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002957 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002958 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002959 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2960 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2961 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002962 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2963 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2964 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2965 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2966 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002967
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002968 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002969 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002970 if (NDecl) {
2971 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2972 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002973 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2974 else
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002975 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2976 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002977 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002978
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002979 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002980 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002981 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002982 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002983 ADL = false;
2984
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002985 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2986 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2987 ADL = false;
2988
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002989 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002990 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002991 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2992 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2993 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002994 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002995 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002996 if (!FDecl)
2997 return ExprError();
2998
2999 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
3000 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003001 if (Qualifier)
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00003002 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003003 Fn->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00003004 false, false,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003005 QualifierRange,
3006 Qualifier);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003007 else
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003008 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003009 Fn->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003010 Fn->Destroy(Context);
3011 Fn = NewFn;
3012 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003013 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003014
3015 // Promote the function operand.
3016 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3017
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003018 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3019 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003020 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3021 Args, NumArgs,
3022 Context.BoolTy,
3023 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003024
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003025 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3026 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3027 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3028 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003029 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003030 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003031 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3032 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003033 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003034 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003035 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003036 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003037 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003038 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003039 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3040 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3041
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003042 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003043 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3044 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3045 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003046 return ExprError();
3047
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003048 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003049 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003050
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003051 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003052 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003053 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003054 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003055 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003056 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003057
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003058 if (FDecl) {
3059 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3060 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3061 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003062 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003063 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003064 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003065 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3066 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3067 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3068 }
3069 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003070 }
3071
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003072 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003073 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3074 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3075 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003076 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3077 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003078 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3079 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003080 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003081 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003082 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003083 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003084
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003085 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3086 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003087 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3088 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003089
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003090 // Check for sentinels
3091 if (NDecl)
3092 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003093
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003094 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003095 if (FDecl) {
3096 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3097 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003098
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003099 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003100 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3101 } else if (NDecl) {
3102 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3103 return ExprError();
3104 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003105
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003106 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003107}
3108
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003109Action::OwningExprResult
3110Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3111 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003112 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003113 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3114 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003115 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003116 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003117 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003118
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003119 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003120 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003121 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3122 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003123 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3124 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003125 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003126 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003127 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003128 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003129
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003130 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003131 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003132 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003133
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003134 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003135 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003136 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003137 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003138 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003139 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003140 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003141 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003142}
3143
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003144Action::OwningExprResult
3145Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003146 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3147 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3148 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003149
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003150 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003151 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003152
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003153 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003154 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003155 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003156 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003157}
3158
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003159static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3160 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
3161 if (Context.getCanonicalType(SrcTy).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3162 Context.getCanonicalType(DestTy).getUnqualifiedType())
3163 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3164
3165 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3166 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3167 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3168 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3169 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3170 }
3171
3172 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3173 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3174 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3175 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3176 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3177 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3178 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3179 }
3180
3181 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3182 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3183 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3184 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3185 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3186 }
3187
3188 // FIXME: Assert here.
3189 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3190 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3191}
3192
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003193/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003194bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003195 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003196 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3197 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003198 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003199 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3200 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003201
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003202 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003203
3204 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3205 // type needs to be scalar.
3206 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3207 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003208 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3209 return false;
3210 }
3211
3212 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003213 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3214 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3215 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3216 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003217 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003218 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3219 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003220 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003221 return false;
3222 }
3223
3224 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003225 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003226 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003227 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003228 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003229 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3230 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3231 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3232 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3233 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3234 break;
3235 }
3236 }
3237 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3238 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3239 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003240 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003241 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003242 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003243
3244 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3245 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3246 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3247 }
3248
3249 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3250 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003251 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3252 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003253 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003254 }
3255
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003256 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3257 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3258
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003259 if (castType->isVectorType())
3260 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3261 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3262 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3263
3264 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003265 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003266
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003267 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3268 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3269
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003270 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003271 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3272 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3273 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3274 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3275 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3276 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3277 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3278 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3279 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3280 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003281 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003282
3283 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003284 return false;
3285}
3286
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003287bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3288 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003289 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003290
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003291 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003292 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003293 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003294 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003295 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003296 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003297 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003298 } else
3299 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003300 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003301 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003302
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003303 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003304 return false;
3305}
3306
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003307bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3308 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003309 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003310
3311 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3312
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003313 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3314 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003315 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3316 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3317 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3318 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003319 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003320 return false;
3321 }
3322
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003323 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003324 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3325 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003326 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3327 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3328 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3329 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003330
3331 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3332 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3333 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003334
3335 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003336 return false;
3337}
3338
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003339Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003340Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003341 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003342 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003343
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003344 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3345 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003346
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003347 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003348 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3349 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003350
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003351 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3352 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3353 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003354 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003355 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003356 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003357 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003358
3359 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003360 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003361 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003362
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003363 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3364 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003365
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003366 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3367 } else {
3368 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003369 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003370
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003371 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003372 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003373 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003374}
3375
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003376/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3377/// of comma binary operators.
3378Action::OwningExprResult
3379Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3380 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3381 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3382 if (!E)
3383 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003384
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003385 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003386
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003387 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3388 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3389 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003390
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003391 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3392}
3393
3394Action::OwningExprResult
3395Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3396 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3397 QualType Ty) {
3398 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003399
3400 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003401 // then handle it as such.
3402 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3403 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3404 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3405 return ExprError();
3406 }
3407
3408 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3409 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3410 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3411
3412 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3413 // braces instead of the original commas.
3414 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003415 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003416 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3417 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003418 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003419 Owned(E));
3420 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003421 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003422 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3423 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3424 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3425 }
3426}
3427
3428Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3429 SourceLocation R,
3430 MultiExprArg Val) {
3431 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3432 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3433 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3434 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3435 return Owned(expr);
3436}
3437
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003438/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3439/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003440/// C99 6.5.15
3441QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3442 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003443 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3444 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3445 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3446
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003447 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3448 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3449 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3450 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3451 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3452 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003453
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003454 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003455 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3456 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3457 << CondTy;
3458 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003459 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003460
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003461 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003462 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3463 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003464
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003465 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3466 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003467 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3468 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3469 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003470 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003471
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003472 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3473 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003474 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3475 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003476 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003477 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003478 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003479 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003480 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003481 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003482
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003483 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003484 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003485 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3486 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3487 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3488 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3489 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3490 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3491 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003492 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3493 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003494 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003495 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003496 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3497 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003498 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003499 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003500 // promote the null to a pointer.
3501 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003502 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003503 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003504 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003505 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003506 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003507 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003508 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003509 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3510 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3511 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3512 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3513 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003514 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003515 return LHSTy;
3516 }
3517 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3518 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003519 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003520 return RHSTy;
3521 }
3522 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3523 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3524 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003525 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003526 return LHSTy;
3527 }
3528 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3529 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003530 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003531 return RHSTy;
3532 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003533 // Handle block pointer types.
3534 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3535 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3536 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3537 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003538 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3539 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003540 return destType;
3541 }
3542 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3543 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3544 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003545 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003546 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3547 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3548 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003549 return LHSTy;
3550 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003551 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003552 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3553 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003554
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003555 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3556 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003557 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3558 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3559 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3560 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3561 // to get a consistent AST.
3562 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003563 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3564 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003565 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003566 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003567 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003568 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3569 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003570 return LHSTy;
3571 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003572 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003573 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003574
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003575 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3576 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3577 return LHSTy;
3578 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003579 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3580 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003581 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003582
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003583 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3584 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3585 // type. This allows
3586 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3587 // where B is a subclass of A.
3588 //
3589 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3590 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3591 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3592 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3593
3594 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3595 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003596 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003597 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003598 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003599 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003600 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003601 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003602 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003603 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003604 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3605 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3606 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3607 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3608 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003609 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3610 } else {
3611 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3612 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3613 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3614 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003615 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3616 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003617 return incompatTy;
3618 }
3619 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003620 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3621 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003622 return compositeType;
3623 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003624 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3625 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003626 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003627 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003628 QualType destPointee
3629 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003630 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003631 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3632 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3633 // Promote to void*.
3634 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003635 return destType;
3636 }
3637 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003638 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003639 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003640 QualType destPointee
3641 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003642 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003643 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3644 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3645 // Promote to void*.
3646 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003647 return destType;
3648 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003649 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3650 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3651 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003652 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3653 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003654
3655 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3656 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3657 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003658 QualType destPointee
3659 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003660 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003661 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3662 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3663 // Promote to void*.
3664 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003665 return destType;
3666 }
3667 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003668 QualType destPointee
3669 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003670 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003671 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3672 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3673 // Promote to void*.
3674 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003675 return destType;
3676 }
3677
3678 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3679 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3680 return LHSTy;
3681 }
3682 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3683 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3684 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3685 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3686 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3687 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3688 // to get a consistent AST.
3689 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003690 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3691 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003692 return incompatTy;
3693 }
3694 // The pointer types are compatible.
3695 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3696 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3697 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3698 // type.
3699 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3700 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003701 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3702 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003703 return LHSTy;
3704 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003705
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003706 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3707 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3708 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3709 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003710 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003711 return RHSTy;
3712 }
3713 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3714 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3715 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003716 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003717 return LHSTy;
3718 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003719
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003720 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003721 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3722 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003723 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003724}
3725
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003726/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003727/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003728Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3729 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3730 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3731 ExprArg RHS) {
3732 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3733 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003734
3735 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3736 // was the condition.
3737 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3738 if (isLHSNull)
3739 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003740
3741 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003742 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003743 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003744 return ExprError();
3745
3746 Cond.release();
3747 LHS.release();
3748 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003749 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003750 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003751 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003752}
3753
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003754// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003755// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003756// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3757// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3758// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003759Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003760Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003761 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003762
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003763 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3764 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3765 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3766 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3767 return Compatible;
3768 }
3769
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003770 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003771 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3772 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003773
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003774 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003775 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3776 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003777
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003778 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003779
3780 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3781 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3782 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003783 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003784 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003785 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003786
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3788 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003789 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003790 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003791 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003792 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003793
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003794 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003795 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3796 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003797 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003798
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003799 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003800 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003801 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003802
3803 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003804 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3805 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003806 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003807 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003808 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003809 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3810 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3811 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3812 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3813 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3814 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003815 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003816 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003817 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003818 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003819
3820 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003821 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003822 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003823 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003824
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003825 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3826 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3827 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3828 // warning can be disabled.
3829 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3830 return ConvTy;
3831 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3832 }
3833 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003834 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003835 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003836 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003837}
3838
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003839/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3840/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3841/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3842// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003843Sema::AssignConvertType
3844Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003845 QualType rhsType) {
3846 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003847
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003848 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003849 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3850 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003851
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003852 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3853 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3854 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003855
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003856 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003857
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003858 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3859 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3860 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003861
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003862 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003863 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003864 return ConvTy;
3865}
3866
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003867/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3868/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003869/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3870///
3871/// int a, *pint;
3872/// short *pshort;
3873/// struct foo *pfoo;
3874///
3875/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3876/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3877/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3878/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3879///
3880/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003881/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003882///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003883Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003884Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003885 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3886 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003887 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3888 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003889
3890 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003891 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003892
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003893 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3894 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3895 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3896 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3897 return Compatible;
3898 }
3899
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003900 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3901 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3902 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3903 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3904 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3905 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3906 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003907 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003908 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003909 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003910 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003911 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003912 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3913 // to the same ExtVector type.
3914 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3915 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3916 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3917 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3918 return Compatible;
3919 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003920
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003921 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003922 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003923 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003924 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003925 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3926 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003927 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003928 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003929 }
3930 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003931 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003932
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003933 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003934 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003935
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003936 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003937 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003938 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003939
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003940 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003941 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003942
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003943 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003944 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003945 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3946 return Compatible;
3947 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003948 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003949 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3950 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003951 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003952
3953 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003954 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003955 return Compatible;
3956 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003957 return Incompatible;
3958 }
3959
3960 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3961 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003962 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003963
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003964 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003965 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003966 return Compatible;
3967
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003968 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3969 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003970
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003971 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003972 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003973 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003974 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003975 return Incompatible;
3976 }
3977
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003978 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3979 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3980 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003981
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003982 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003983 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003984 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3985 return Compatible;
3986 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003987 }
3988 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003989 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3990 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003991 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3992 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003993 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3994 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003995 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003996 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003997 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003998 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3999 return Compatible;
4000 }
4001 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4002 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4003 return Compatible;
4004 return Incompatible;
4005 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004006 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004007 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004008 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4009 return Compatible;
4010
4011 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004012 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004013
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004014 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004015 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004016
4017 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004018 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004019 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004020 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004021 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004022 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4023 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4024 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4025 return Compatible;
4026
4027 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4028 return PointerToInt;
4029
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004030 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004031 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004032 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4033 return Compatible;
4034 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004035 }
4036 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004037 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004038 return Compatible;
4039 return Incompatible;
4040 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004041
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004042 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004043 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004044 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004045 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004046 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004047}
4048
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004049/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4050/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004051static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004052 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4053 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4054 // of the transparent union.
4055 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4056 &E, 1,
4057 SourceLocation());
4058 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4059 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4060
4061 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4062 // union type from this initializer list.
4063 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4064 false);
4065}
4066
4067Sema::AssignConvertType
4068Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4069 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4070
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004071 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004072 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4073 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004074 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004075 return Incompatible;
4076
4077 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4078 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4079 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4080 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004081 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4082 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004083 it != itend; ++it) {
4084 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4085 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4086 // 1) void pointer
4087 // 2) null pointer constant
4088 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004089 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004090 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004091 InitField = *it;
4092 break;
4093 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004094
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004095 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4096 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004097 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004098 InitField = *it;
4099 break;
4100 }
4101 }
4102
4103 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4104 == Compatible) {
4105 InitField = *it;
4106 break;
4107 }
4108 }
4109
4110 if (!InitField)
4111 return Incompatible;
4112
4113 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4114 return Compatible;
4115}
4116
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004117Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004118Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004119 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4120 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4121 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4122 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4123 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004124 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4125 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004126 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004127 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004128 }
4129
4130 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4131 // structures.
4132 }
4133
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004134 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4135 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004136 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4137 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004138 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004139 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4140 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004141 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004142 return Compatible;
4143 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004144
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004145 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004146 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00004147 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004148 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004149 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004150 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004151 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4152 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004153
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004154 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4155 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004156
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004157 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4158 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004159 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4160 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4161 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4162 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004163 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004164 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4165 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004166 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004167}
4168
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004169QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004170 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004171 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004172 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004173 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004174}
4175
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004176inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004177 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004178 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004179 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004180 QualType lhsType =
4181 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4182 QualType rhsType =
4183 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004184
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004185 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004186 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004187 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004188
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004189 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4190 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004191 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4192 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004193 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4194 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004195 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004196 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004197 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004198 }
4199 }
4200 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004201
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004202 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4203 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4204 bool swapped = false;
4205 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4206 swapped = true;
4207 std::swap(rex, lex);
4208 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4209 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004210
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004211 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004212 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004213 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4214 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4215 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004216 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004217 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4218 return lhsType;
4219 }
4220 }
4221 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4222 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4223 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004224 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004225 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4226 return lhsType;
4227 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004228 }
4229 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004230
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004231 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004232 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004233 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004234 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004235 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004236}
4237
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004238inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004239 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004240 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004241 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004242
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004243 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004244
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004245 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004246 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004247 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004248}
4249
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004250inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004251 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004252 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4253 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4254 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4255 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4256 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004257
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004258 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004259
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004260 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004261 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004262 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004263}
4264
4265inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004266 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004267 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4268 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4269 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4270 return compType;
4271 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004272
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004273 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004274
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004275 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004276 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4277 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4278 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004279 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004280 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004281
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004282 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4283 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004284 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004285 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4286
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004287 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004288
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004289 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004290 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004291
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004292 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4293 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004294 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4295 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004296 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004297 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004298 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004299
4300 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4301 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4302 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004303 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004304 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4305 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4306 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4307 return QualType();
4308 }
4309
4310 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4311 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4312 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004313 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004314 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004315 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004316 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004317 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4318 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004319 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4320 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004321 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004322 return QualType();
4323 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004324 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4325 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4326 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4327 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4328 return QualType();
4329 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004330
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004331 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004332 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4333 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4334 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4335 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4336 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004337 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004338 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4339 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004340 return PExp->getType();
4341 }
4342 }
4343
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004344 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004345}
4346
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004347// C99 6.5.6
4348QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004349 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4350 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4351 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4352 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4353 return compType;
4354 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004355
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004356 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004357
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004358 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004359
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004360 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004361 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4362 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004363 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004364 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004365 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004366
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004367 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004368 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004369 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004370
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004371 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004372
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004373 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4374 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4375 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4376 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4377 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4378 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4379 return QualType();
4380 }
4381
4382 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4383 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4384 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4385 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4386 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004387 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004388 return QualType();
4389 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004390
4391 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4392 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4393 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004394 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004395 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004396 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004397 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004398 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004399
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004400 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4401 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4402 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4403 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4404 return QualType();
4405 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004406
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004407 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004408 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4409 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4410 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4411 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4412 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4413 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004414 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004415 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4416
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004417 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004418 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004419 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004420
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004421 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004422 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004423 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004424
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004425 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4426 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4427 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4428 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4430 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4431 return QualType();
4432 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004433
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004434 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4435 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4436 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4437 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004438 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004439 return QualType();
4440 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004441
4442 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4443 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4444 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4445 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4446 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004447 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4448 << rex->getSourceRange()
4449 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004450 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004451
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004452 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4453 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4454 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4456 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4457 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4458 return QualType();
4459 }
4460 } else {
4461 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4462 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4463 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4464 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4465 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4466 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4467 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4468 return QualType();
4469 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004470 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004471
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004472 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4473 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4474 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4475 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4476 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004477 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004478 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004479
4480 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004481 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4482 }
4483 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004484
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004485 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004486}
4487
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004488// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004489QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004490 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004491 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4492 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004493 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004494
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004495 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4496 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004497 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4498 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4499 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4500 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4501 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004502 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004503 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004504 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004505
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004506 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004507
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004508 // Sanity-check shift operands
4509 llvm::APSInt Right;
4510 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004511 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4512 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004513 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004514 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4515 else {
4516 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4517 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4518 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4519 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4520 }
4521 }
4522
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004523 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004524 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004525}
4526
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004527// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004528QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004529 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4530 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4531
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004532 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004533 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004534
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004535 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004536 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4537 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4538 else {
4539 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4540 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4541 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004542 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4543 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004544
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004545 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4546 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004547 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4548 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4549 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004550 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004551 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004552 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4553 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4554 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4555 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004556 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4557 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004558 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004559
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004560 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4561 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4562 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4563 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004564
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004565 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4566 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004567 Expr *literalString = 0;
4568 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004569 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004570 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4571 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004572 literalString = lex;
4573 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004574 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4575 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004576 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4577 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004578 literalString = rex;
4579 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4580 }
4581
4582 if (literalString) {
4583 std::string resultComparison;
4584 switch (Opc) {
4585 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4586 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4587 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4588 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4589 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4590 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4591 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4592 }
4593 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4594 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4595 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004596 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4597 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4598 "strcmp(")
4599 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4600 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004601 resultComparison);
4602 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004603 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004604
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004605 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004606 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004607
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004608 if (isRelational) {
4609 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004610 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004611 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004612 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004613 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004614 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004615 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004616 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004617
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004618 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004619 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004620 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004621
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004622 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4623 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4624 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4625 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004626
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004627 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4628 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4629 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004630 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004631 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004632 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004633 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004634 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004635
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004636 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004637 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4638 return ResultTy;
4639
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004640 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4641 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4642 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4643 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4644 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4645 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004646 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004647 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004648 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004649 if (T.isNull()) {
4650 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4651 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4652 return QualType();
4653 }
4654
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004655 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4656 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004657 return ResultTy;
4658 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004659 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4660 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4661 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4662 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4663 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4664 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4665 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4666 }
4667 } else if (!isRelational &&
4668 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4669 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4670 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4671 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4672 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4673 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4674 }
4675 } else {
4676 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004677 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004678 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004679 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004680 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004681 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004682 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004683 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004684
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004685 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004686 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004687 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004688 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004689 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4690 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004691 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004692 return ResultTy;
4693 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004694 if (LHSIsNull &&
4695 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4696 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004697 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004698 return ResultTy;
4699 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004700
4701 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004702 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004703 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4704 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004705 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4706 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4707 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4708 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4709 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4710 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4711 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4712 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004713 // types.
4714 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4715 if (T.isNull()) {
4716 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4717 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4718 return QualType();
4719 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004720
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004721 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4722 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004723 return ResultTy;
4724 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004725
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004726 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004727 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4728 return ResultTy;
4729 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004730
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004731 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004732 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004733 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4734 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004735
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004736 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004737 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004738 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004739 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004740 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004741 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004742 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004743 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004744 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004745 if (!isRelational
4746 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4747 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004748 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004749 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004750 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004751 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004752 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4753 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4754 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004755 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004756 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004757 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004758 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004759
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004760 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004761 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004762 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4763 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004764 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004765 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004766 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004767 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004768
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004769 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4770 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004771 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004772 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004773 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004774 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004775 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004776 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004777 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004778 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004779 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4780 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004781 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004782 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004783 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004784 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004785 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004786 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4787 if (RHSIsNull) {
4788 if (isRelational)
4789 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4790 } else if (isRelational)
4791 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4792 else
4793 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004794
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004795 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004796 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004797 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004798 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004799 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004800 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004801 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004802 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004803 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4804 if (LHSIsNull) {
4805 if (isRelational)
4806 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4807 } else if (isRelational)
4808 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4809 else
4810 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004811
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004812 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004813 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004814 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004815 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004816 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004817 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004818 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004819 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004820 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4821 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004822 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004823 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004824 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004825 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4826 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004827 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004828 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004829 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004830 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004831}
4832
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004833/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004834/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004835/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4836/// types.
4837QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004838 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004839 bool isRelational) {
4840 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4841 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004842 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004843 if (vType.isNull())
4844 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004845
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004846 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4847 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004848
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004849 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4850 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4851 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4852 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4853 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4854 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4855 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004856 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004857 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004858
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004859 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4860 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4861 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004862 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004863 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004864
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004865 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4866 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4867 // elements for floating point vectors.
4868 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4869 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004870
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004871 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004872 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004873 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004874 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004875 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004876 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4877
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004878 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004879 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004880 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4881}
4882
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004883inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004884 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004885 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004886 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004887
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004888 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004889
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004890 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004891 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004892 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004893}
4894
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004895inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004896 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004897 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4898 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004899
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004900 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4901 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4902
4903 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4904 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4905 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4906 return Context.BoolTy;
4907 }
4908
4909 return Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004910}
4911
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004912/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4913/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4914/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4915///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004916static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004917 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4918 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4919 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4920 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004921 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004922 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4923 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4924 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4925 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004926 }
4927 }
4928 return false;
4929}
4930
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004931/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4932/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4933static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004934 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004935 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004936 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004937 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4938 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004939 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4940 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004941
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004942 unsigned Diag = 0;
4943 bool NeedType = false;
4944 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4945 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4946 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004947 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004948 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4949 NeedType = true;
4950 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004951 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004952 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4953 NeedType = true;
4954 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004955 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004956 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4957 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004958 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004959 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4960 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004961 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4962 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004963 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004964 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4965 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004966 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004967 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4968 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004969 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004970 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4971 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004972 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4973 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4974 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004975 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4976 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4977 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004978 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004979
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004980 SourceRange Assign;
4981 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4982 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004983 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004984 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004985 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004986 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004987 return true;
4988}
4989
4990
4991
4992// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004993QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4994 SourceLocation Loc,
4995 QualType CompoundType) {
4996 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4997 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004998 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004999
5000 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5001 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005002
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005003 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005004 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005005 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005006 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005007 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5008 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5009 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005010 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005011 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005012 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005013 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005014
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005015 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5016 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5017 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005018 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005019 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5020 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5021 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5022 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5023 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005024 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005025 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005026 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5027 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5028 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005029 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5030 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005031 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5032 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5033 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005034 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005035 }
5036 } else {
5037 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005038 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005039 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005040
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005041 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5042 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005043 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005044
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005045 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5046 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005047 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005048 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5049 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005050 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005051 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005052 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005053}
5054
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005055// C99 6.5.17
5056QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005057 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005058 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005059
5060 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5061 // incomplete in C++).
5062
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005063 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005064}
5065
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005066/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5067/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005068QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5069 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005070 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5071 return Context.DependentTy;
5072
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005073 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5074 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005075
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005076 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5077 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5078 if (!isInc) {
5079 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5080 return QualType();
5081 }
5082 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5083 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5084 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005085 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005086 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5087 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005088
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005089 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005090 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005091 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5092 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5093 << Op->getSourceRange();
5094 return QualType();
5095 }
5096
5097 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005098 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005099 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005100 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5101 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5102 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5103 return QualType();
5104 }
5105
5106 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005107 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005108 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005109 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005110 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005111 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005112 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005113 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5114 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5115 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5116 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5117 return QualType();
5118 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005119 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5120 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5121 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005122 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005123 } else {
5124 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005125 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005126 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005127 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005128 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005129 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005130 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005131 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005132 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005133}
5134
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005135/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005136/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005137/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5138/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5139/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5140/// - &(x) => x
5141/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5142/// - &s.xx => s
5143/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5144/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5145/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5146/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005147static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005148 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005149 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00005150 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005151 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005152 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005153 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5154 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5155 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005156 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005157 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005158 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005159 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005160 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005161 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5162 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005163 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5164 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5165 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5166 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5167 }
5168 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005169 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005170 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5171 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005172
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005173 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005174 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5175 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5176 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5177 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5178 default:
5179 return 0;
5180 }
5181 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005182 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005183 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005184 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005185 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5186 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005187 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005188 default:
5189 return 0;
5190 }
5191}
5192
5193/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005194/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005195/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005196/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005197/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005198/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005199/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005200QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005201 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5202 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5203
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005204 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5205 return Context.DependentTy;
5206
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005207 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5208 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5209 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5210 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5211 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5212 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5213 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5214 }
5215 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5216 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5217 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005218 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005219 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005220
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005221 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5222 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005223 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005224 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005225 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005226 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5227 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005228 return QualType();
5229 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005230 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005231 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5232 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5233 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005234 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005235 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5236 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005237 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005238 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005239 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005240 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005241 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5242 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5243 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5244 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5245 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005246 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5247 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005248 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5249 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005250 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005251 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005252 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5253 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005254 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005255 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5256 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005257 return QualType();
5258 }
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005259 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5260 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005261 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005262 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005263 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005264 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5265 // scope qualifier for the class.
5266 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
5267 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005268 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5269 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005270 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005271 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5272 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5273 return QualType();
5274 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005275
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005276 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5277 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005278 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005279 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005280 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005281 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005282 // As above.
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005283 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
5284 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5285 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5286 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005287 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005288 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005289
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005290 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5291 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5292 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5293 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5294 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5295 }
5296
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005297 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005298 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005299}
5300
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005301QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005302 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5303 return Context.DependentTy;
5304
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005305 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5306 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005307
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005308 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5309 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5310 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5311 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005312 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005313 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005314
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005315 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005316 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005317
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005318 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005319 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005320 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005321}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005322
5323static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5324 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5325 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5326 switch (Kind) {
5327 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005328 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5329 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005330 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5331 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5332 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5333 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5334 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5335 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5336 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5337 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5338 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5339 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5340 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5341 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5342 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5343 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5344 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5345 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5346 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5347 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5348 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5349 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5350 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5351 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5352 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5353 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5354 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5355 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5356 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5357 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5358 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5359 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5360 }
5361 return Opc;
5362}
5363
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005364static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5365 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5366 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5367 switch (Kind) {
5368 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5369 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5370 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5371 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5372 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5373 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5374 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5375 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5376 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005377 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5378 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005379 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005380 }
5381 return Opc;
5382}
5383
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005384/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5385/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5386/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005387Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5388 unsigned Op,
5389 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005390 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005391 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005392 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5393 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5394 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005395
5396 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005397 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5398 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5399 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005400 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5401 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5402 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5403 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5404 break;
5405 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005406 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5407 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5408 break;
5409 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5410 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5411 break;
5412 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5413 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5414 break;
5415 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5416 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5417 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005418 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005419 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5420 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5421 break;
5422 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5423 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5424 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5425 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005426 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005427 break;
5428 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5429 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005430 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005431 break;
5432 case BinaryOperator::And:
5433 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5434 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5435 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5436 break;
5437 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5438 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5439 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5440 break;
5441 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5442 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005443 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5444 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5445 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5446 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005447 break;
5448 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005449 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5450 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5451 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5452 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005453 break;
5454 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005455 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5456 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5457 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005458 break;
5459 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005460 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5461 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5462 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005463 break;
5464 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5465 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005466 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5467 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5468 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5469 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005470 break;
5471 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5472 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5473 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005474 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5475 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5476 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5477 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005478 break;
5479 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5480 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5481 break;
5482 }
5483 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005484 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005485 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005486 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5487 else
5488 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005489 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5490 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005491}
5492
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005493// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005494Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5495 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5496 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005497 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005498 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005499
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005500 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5501 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005502
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005503 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005504 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005505 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5506 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5507 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5508 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5509 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005510 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005511 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5512 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5513 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5514 Functions);
5515 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005516 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005517 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5518 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005519 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005520
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005521 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5522 // binary operation.
5523 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005524 }
5525
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005526 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5527 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005528}
5529
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005530Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005531 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005532 ExprArg InputArg) {
5533 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005534
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005535 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005536 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005537 QualType resultType;
5538 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005539 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5540 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5541 break;
5542
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005543 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5544 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005545 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5546 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005547 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005548 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5549 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005550 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005551 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005552 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005553 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005554 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005555 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005556 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005557 break;
5558 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5559 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005560 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5561 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005562 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5563 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005564 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5565 break;
5566 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5567 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5568 break;
5569 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5570 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5571 resultType->isPointerType())
5572 break;
5573
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005574 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5575 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005576 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005577 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5578 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005579 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5580 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005581 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5582 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5583 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005584 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005585 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005586 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005587 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5588 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005589 break;
5590 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005591 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005592 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5593 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005594 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5595 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005596 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005597 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5598 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005599 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005600 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5601 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005602 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005603 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005604 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005605 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005606 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005607 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005608 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005609 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005610 }
5611 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005612 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005613
5614 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005615 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005616}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005617
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005618// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5619Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5620 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5621 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5622 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5623
5624 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5625 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5626 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5627 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5628 // the arguments.
5629 FunctionSet Functions;
5630 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5631 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5632 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5633 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005634 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005635 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5636 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5637 }
5638
5639 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5640 }
5641
5642 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5643}
5644
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005645/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005646Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5647 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5648 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005649 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005650 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005651
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005652 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5653 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005654 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005655 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005656
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005657 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005658 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5659 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005660}
5661
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005662Sema::OwningExprResult
5663Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5664 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5665 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005666 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5667 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5668
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005669 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005670 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005671 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005672
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005673 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5674 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5675 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005676
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005677 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5678 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5679 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005680
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005681 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5682 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5683 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5684 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5685 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005686
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005687 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005688 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005689 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005690
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005691 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5692 // expressions are not lvalues.
5693
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005694 substmt.release();
5695 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005696}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005697
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005698Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5699 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5700 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5701 TypeTy *argty,
5702 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5703 unsigned NumComponents,
5704 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5705 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5706 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005707 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5708 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005709 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005710
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005711 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5712
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005713 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5714 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5715 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005716 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005717 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005718
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005719 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5720 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005721
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005722 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5723 // the offsetof designators.
5724 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5725 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005726 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005727 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005728
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005729 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5730 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005731 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5732 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005733 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005734 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5735 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005736
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005737 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005738 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005739
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005740 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5741 // leaks like a sieve.
5742 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5743 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5744 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5745 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5746 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5747 if (!AT) {
5748 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005749 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5750 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005751 }
5752
5753 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5754
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005755 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5756 // expression.
5757 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5758
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005759 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5760 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005761 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005762 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005763 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005764 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005765 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005766
5767 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5768 OC.LocEnd);
5769 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005770 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005771
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005772 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005773 if (!RC) {
5774 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005775 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5776 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005777 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005778
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005779 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5780 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005781 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005782 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005783 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5784 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5785 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005786 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5787 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005788 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005789
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005790 LookupResult R;
5791 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5792
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005793 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005794 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005795 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005796 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005797 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5798 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005799
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005800 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5801 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005802 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005803 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5804 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005805 } else {
5806 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5807 // doesn't matter here.
5808 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5809 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5810 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005811 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005812 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005813
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005814 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5815 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005816}
5817
5818
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005819Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5820 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5821 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005822 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5823 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5824 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005825
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005826 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005827
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005828 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5829 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5830 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5831 return ExprError();
5832 }
5833
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005834 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5835 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005836}
5837
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005838Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5839 ExprArg cond,
5840 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5841 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5842 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5843 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5844 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005845
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005846 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5847
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005848 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005849 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005850 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005851 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005852 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005853 } else {
5854 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5855 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5856 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5857 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005858 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5859 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5860 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005861
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005862 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5863 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005864 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5865 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005866 }
5867
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005868 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5869 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005870 resType, RPLoc,
5871 resType->isDependentType(),
5872 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005873}
5874
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005875//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5876// Clang Extensions.
5877//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5878
5879/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005880void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005881 // Analyze block parameters.
5882 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005883
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005884 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5885 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5886 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005887
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005888 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005889 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005890 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005891 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005892 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5893 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005894
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005895 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005896 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005897}
5898
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005899void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005900 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005901
5902 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5903 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005904 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005905 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5906
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005907 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5908 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5909 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5910 return;
5911 }
5912
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005913 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5914 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5915 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5916
5917 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5918 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005919 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005920 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005921 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005922 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005923 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5924 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005925 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005926
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005927 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5928 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5929 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5930 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5931 return;
5932 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005933 return;
5934 }
5935
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005936 // Analyze arguments to block.
5937 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5938 "Not a function declarator!");
5939 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005940
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005941 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5942 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005943
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005944 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5945 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5946 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5947 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005948 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5949 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005950 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005951 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005952 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5953 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005954 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005955 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005956 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005957 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005958 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005959 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005960 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005961 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5962 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5963 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5964 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5965 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005966
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005967 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005968 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005969 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005970 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005971 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005972 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5973 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005974
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005975 // Analyze the return type.
5976 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005977 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005978
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005979 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5980 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5981 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5982 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5983 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005984 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005985}
5986
5987/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5988/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5989void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5990 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5991 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005992
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005993 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5994
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005995 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005996 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005997 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005998 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005999}
6000
6001/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6002/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006003Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6004 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006005 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6006 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6007 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006008
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006009 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6010 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006011
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006012 PopDeclContext();
6013
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006014 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6015 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006016
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006017 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006018 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6019 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006020
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006021 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6022 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6023 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006024
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006025 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006026 QualType BlockTy;
6027 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006028 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6029 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006030 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006031 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006032 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6033 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006034
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006035 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006036 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006037 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006038
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006039 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6040 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6041 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6042 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006043
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006044 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006045 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006046 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6047 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006048}
6049
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006050Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6051 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6052 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006053 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006054 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6055 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006056
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006057 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006058
6059 // Get the va_list type
6060 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006061 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6062 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6063 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6064 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006065 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006066 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6067 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6068 } else {
6069 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6070 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006071 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006072 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006073 return ExprError();
6074 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006075
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006076 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6077 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006078 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6079 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006080 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006081 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006082
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006083 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006084 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006085
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006086 expr.release();
6087 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6088 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006089}
6090
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006091Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006092 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6093 // pointers on the target.
6094 QualType Ty;
6095 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6096 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6097 else
6098 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6099
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006100 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006101}
6102
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006103bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6104 SourceLocation Loc,
6105 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6106 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6107 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6108 bool isInvalid = false;
6109 unsigned DiagKind;
6110 switch (ConvTy) {
6111 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6112 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006113 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006114 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6115 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006116 case IntToPointer:
6117 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6118 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006119 case IncompatiblePointer:
6120 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6121 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006122 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6123 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6124 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006125 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6126 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6127 break;
6128 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006129 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6130 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6131 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6132 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6133 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6134 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6135 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6136 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6137 // C++ semantics.
6138 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6139 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6140 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006141 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6142 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006143 case IntToBlockPointer:
6144 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6145 break;
6146 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006147 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006148 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006149 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006150 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006151 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6152 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6153 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006154 case IncompatibleVectors:
6155 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6156 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006157 case Incompatible:
6158 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6159 isInvalid = true;
6160 break;
6161 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006162
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006163 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6164 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006165 return isInvalid;
6166}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006167
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006168bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006169 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6170 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6171 if (Result)
6172 *Result = ICEResult;
6173 return false;
6174 }
6175
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006176 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6177
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006178 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006179 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6180 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6181
6182 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6183 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6184 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6185 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6186 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6187 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6188 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006189
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006190 return true;
6191 }
6192
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006193 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6194 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006195
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006196 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6197 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6198 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006199
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006200 if (Result)
6201 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6202 return false;
6203}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006204
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006205Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6206Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006207 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6208 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6209 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006210
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006211 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6212 return NewContext;
6213}
6214
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006215void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006216Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6217 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6218 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6219
6220 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6221 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6222 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6223 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6224 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6225 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6226 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006227
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006228 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6229 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6230 I != IEnd; ++I)
6231 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6232 }
6233}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006234
6235/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6236///
6237/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6238/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6239/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6240/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6241///
6242/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6243///
6244/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6245void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6246 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006247
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006248 if (D->isUsed())
6249 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006250
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006251 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6252 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6253 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6254 // -Wunused-parameters)
6255 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6256 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006257 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006258
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006259 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6260 // an instantiation.
6261 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6262 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006263
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006264 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6265 case Unevaluated:
6266 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6267 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006268
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006269 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6270 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6271 // "used"; handle this below.
6272 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006273
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006274 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6275 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6276 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6277 // potentially evaluated.
6278 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6279 return;
6280 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006281
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006282 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006283 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006284 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006285 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6286 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6287 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006288 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006289 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006290 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6291 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6292 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006293 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6294 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6295 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006296
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006297 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6298 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6299 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6300 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6301 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6302 }
6303 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006304 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006305 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006306 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006307 if (!Function->getBody() &&
6308 Function->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6309 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6310 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6311 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6312 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6313 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6314 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6315 else
6316 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6317 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6318 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6319 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6320 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6321 else
6322 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6323 }
6324
6325 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6326 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6327 }
6328
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006329 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006330 Function->setUsed(true);
6331 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006332 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006333
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006334 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006335 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006336 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006337 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6338 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6339 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6340 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6341 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6342 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6343 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6344 }
6345 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006346
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006347 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006348
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006349 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006350 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006351 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006352}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006353
6354bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6355 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6356 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6357 return false;
6358
6359 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6360 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6361 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6362 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6363
6364 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6365 FD ?
6366 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6367 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6368 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6369 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6370 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6371 return true;
6372
6373 return false;
6374}
6375
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006376// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6377// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6378void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6379 SourceLocation Loc;
6380
6381 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6382 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6383 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6384 return;
6385
6386 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6387 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6388 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6389 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6390 return;
6391
6392 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6393 } else {
6394 // Not an assignment.
6395 return;
6396 }
6397
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006398 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006399 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006400
6401 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_condition_is_assignment)
6402 << E->getSourceRange()
6403 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6404 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6405}
6406
6407bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6408 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6409
6410 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6411 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6412
6413 QualType T = E->getType();
6414
6415 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6416 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6417 return true;
6418 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6419 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6420 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6421 return true;
6422 }
6423 }
6424
6425 return false;
6426}